1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
523 free (alloc_extshndx
);
528 /* Look up a symbol name. */
530 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
532 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
536 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
537 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
539 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
540 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
541 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
543 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
544 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
547 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
550 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
551 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
556 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
557 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
560 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
561 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
563 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
565 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
566 signature just a string? */
569 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
571 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
572 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
573 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
574 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
576 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
577 that it is a symbol table section. */
578 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
580 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
581 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
582 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
585 /* Go read the symbol. */
586 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
587 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
588 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
591 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
594 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
597 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
599 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
601 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
602 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
605 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
607 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
608 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
609 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
612 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
613 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
614 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
615 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
616 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
618 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
622 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
628 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
634 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
635 so we can find them quickly. */
638 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
639 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
640 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
641 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
642 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
646 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
648 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
650 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
653 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
655 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
657 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
660 /* Add to list of sections. */
661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
664 /* Read the raw contents. */
665 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
666 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
667 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
668 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
669 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
671 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
674 /* xgettext:c-format */
675 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
676 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
677 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
683 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
684 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
685 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
687 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
688 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
696 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
697 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
701 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
702 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
703 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
708 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
709 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
710 section group should be marked with
711 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
712 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
714 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
717 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
720 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
728 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
729 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
733 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
736 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
739 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
740 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
746 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
748 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
751 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
753 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
754 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
756 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
757 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
763 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
764 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
766 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
767 /* xgettext:c-format */
768 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
769 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
770 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
774 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
776 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
777 section is a member. */
779 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
783 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
784 other members to see if any others are linked via
786 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
787 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
789 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
790 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
791 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
795 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
796 insert current section in circular list. */
797 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
798 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
805 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
808 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
810 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
811 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
814 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
816 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
817 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
826 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
828 /* xgettext:c-format */
829 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
837 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
840 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
841 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
844 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
845 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
847 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
848 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
850 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
851 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
852 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
853 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
856 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
857 bed
->link_order_error_handler
858 /* xgettext:c-format */
859 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
864 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
866 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
868 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
869 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
873 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
874 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
878 /* xgettext:c-format */
879 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
880 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
884 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
887 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
888 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
891 /* xgettext:c-format */
892 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
893 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
898 /* Process section groups. */
899 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
902 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
905 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
908 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
909 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
919 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
920 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
926 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
928 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
929 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
930 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
931 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
933 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
935 /* xgettext:c-format */
936 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
939 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
940 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
953 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
955 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
959 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
961 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
962 return elf_group_name (sec
);
967 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
969 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
970 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
971 if (new_name
== NULL
)
975 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
980 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
982 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
983 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
984 if (new_name
== NULL
)
987 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
991 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
995 int16_t major_version
;
996 int16_t minor_version
;
997 unsigned char slim_object
;
999 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1003 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1004 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1007 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1008 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1014 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1015 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1017 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1020 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1021 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1024 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1026 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1028 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1029 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1030 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1032 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1034 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1035 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1036 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1037 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1039 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1042 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1045 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1046 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1047 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1049 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1051 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1054 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1056 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1057 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1058 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1059 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1061 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1062 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1063 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1064 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1066 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1068 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1069 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1073 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1074 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1079 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1081 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1082 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1083 if (name
[0] == '.')
1085 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1086 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1087 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1088 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1089 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1090 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1092 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1095 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1096 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1097 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1098 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1102 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1103 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1104 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1107 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1108 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1109 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1110 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1111 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1112 all but one of the sections. */
1113 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1114 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1115 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1117 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1120 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1121 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1122 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1125 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1126 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1127 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1128 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1132 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1135 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1136 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1140 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1142 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1143 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1145 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1146 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1147 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1148 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1149 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1150 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1151 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1153 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1155 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1158 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1159 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1161 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1162 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1163 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1164 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1166 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1167 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1168 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1170 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1171 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1172 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1173 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1174 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1175 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1176 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1177 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1178 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1180 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1181 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1182 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1183 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1184 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1185 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1186 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1192 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1193 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1194 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1195 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1196 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1198 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1199 int compression_header_size
;
1200 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1201 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1202 bfd_boolean compressed
1203 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1204 &compression_header_size
,
1206 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1209 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1210 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1211 action
= decompress
;
1214 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1215 section. Check if we should compress. */
1216 if (action
== nothing
)
1218 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1219 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1220 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1221 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1223 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1224 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1230 if (action
== compress
)
1232 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1235 /* xgettext:c-format */
1236 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1243 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1246 /* xgettext:c-format */
1247 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1253 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1256 && (action
== decompress
1257 || (action
== compress
1258 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1260 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1261 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1263 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1264 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1266 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1270 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1271 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1272 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1275 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1277 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1278 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1280 struct lto_section lsection
;
1281 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1282 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1283 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1289 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1291 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1292 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1293 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1296 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1297 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1298 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1299 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1300 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1301 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1302 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1303 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1304 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1306 bfd_reloc_status_type
1307 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1308 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1310 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 asection
*input_section
,
1313 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1315 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1316 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1317 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1318 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1320 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1321 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1324 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1327 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1328 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1329 should be the same. */
1332 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1333 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1335 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1336 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1337 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1338 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1340 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1341 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1343 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1346 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1347 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1348 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1349 to be the correct section. */
1352 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1353 const unsigned int hint
)
1355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1358 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1360 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1361 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1362 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1363 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1366 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1370 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1372 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1373 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1374 multiple matches ? */
1381 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1382 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1383 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1386 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1388 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1390 const unsigned int secnum
)
1392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1393 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1394 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1395 unsigned int sh_link
;
1397 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1399 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1400 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1401 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1402 matched up with the original.
1404 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1405 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1406 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1407 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1408 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1409 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1410 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1411 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1412 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1413 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1414 without any contents. */
1415 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1416 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1417 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1418 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1422 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1423 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1427 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1428 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1429 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1430 in the input bfd. */
1431 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1433 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1434 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1437 /* xgettext:c-format */
1438 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1439 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1443 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1444 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1446 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1450 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1451 if we could not find a match ? */
1453 /* xgettext:c-format */
1454 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1457 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1459 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1460 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1462 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1464 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1466 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1467 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1470 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1471 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1473 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1475 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1480 /* xgettext:c-format */
1481 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1487 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1491 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1493 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1494 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1495 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1498 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1499 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1502 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1504 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1505 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1508 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1510 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1511 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1512 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1514 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1515 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1516 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1517 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1519 /* Copy object attributes. */
1520 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1522 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1525 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1527 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1528 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1533 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1534 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1535 files. See below for more details. */
1537 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1538 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1541 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1542 fields have already been initialised. */
1543 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1544 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1547 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1548 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1549 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1551 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1553 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1556 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1557 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1558 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1559 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1561 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1562 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1563 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1564 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1565 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1566 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1571 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1574 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1575 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1576 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1577 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1579 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1581 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1584 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1585 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1586 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1588 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1589 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1590 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1591 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1592 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1593 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1594 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1595 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1596 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1597 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1599 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1604 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1606 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1607 with a NULL input section. */
1608 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1617 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1622 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1623 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1624 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1625 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1626 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1627 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1628 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1629 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1630 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1631 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1632 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1633 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1638 /* Print out the program headers. */
1641 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1643 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1644 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1646 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1648 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1653 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1654 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1655 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1657 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1662 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1665 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1666 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1667 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1668 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1669 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1670 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1671 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1672 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1673 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1674 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1675 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1676 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1677 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1678 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1679 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1680 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1681 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1686 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1689 unsigned int elfsec
;
1690 unsigned long shlink
;
1691 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1693 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1695 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1697 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1700 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1701 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1703 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1705 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1706 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1709 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1710 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1712 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1713 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1715 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1717 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1718 const char *name
= "";
1720 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1721 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1723 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1725 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1732 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1733 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1735 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1737 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1742 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1743 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1744 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1745 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1746 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1747 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1748 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1749 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1750 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1751 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1752 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1753 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1754 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1755 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1756 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1757 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1758 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1759 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1760 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1761 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1762 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1763 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1764 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1765 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1766 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1767 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1768 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1769 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1770 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1771 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1772 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1773 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1774 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1775 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1776 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1777 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1778 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1779 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1780 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1781 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1782 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1783 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1784 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1785 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1786 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1787 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1788 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1789 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1790 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1791 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1792 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1793 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1794 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1795 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1796 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1797 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1798 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1799 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1802 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1806 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1811 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1813 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1816 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1825 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1826 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1828 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1832 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1834 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1836 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1837 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1839 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1840 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1841 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1842 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1844 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1847 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1851 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1857 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1859 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1861 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1862 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1864 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1866 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1867 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1868 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1869 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1870 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1871 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1882 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1883 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1886 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1888 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1890 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1891 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1892 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1894 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1896 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1897 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1900 version_string
= "";
1901 else if (vernum
== 1
1902 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1903 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1905 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1906 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1908 const char *nodename
1909 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1910 version_string
= "";
1913 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1914 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1915 version_string
= nodename
;
1919 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1921 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1922 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1926 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1928 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1930 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1932 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1939 return version_string
;
1942 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1945 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1948 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1950 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1953 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1954 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1956 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1957 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1958 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1959 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1961 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1963 const char *section_name
;
1964 const char *name
= NULL
;
1965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1966 unsigned char st_other
;
1968 const char *version_string
;
1971 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1973 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1974 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1975 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1979 name
= symbol
->name
;
1980 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1983 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1984 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1985 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1986 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1987 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1988 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1989 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1991 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1992 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1994 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1995 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2002 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2007 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2008 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2013 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2014 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2019 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2020 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2021 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2023 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2025 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2028 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2034 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2036 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2039 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2041 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2042 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2043 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2045 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2046 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2047 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2048 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2050 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2055 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2056 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2057 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2058 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2059 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2060 can expect to recurse at least once.
2062 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2063 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2065 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2066 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2067 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2069 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2071 /* PR 26005: Do not use bfd_zalloc here as the memory might
2072 be released before the bfd has been fully scanned. */
2073 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
2074 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2076 memset (sections_being_created
, FALSE
, amt
);
2077 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2079 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2082 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2085 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2088 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2089 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2090 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2095 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2096 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2099 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2102 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2103 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2104 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2105 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2106 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2107 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2108 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2109 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2110 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2111 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2114 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2115 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2118 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2120 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2121 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2122 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2125 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2126 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2127 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2129 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2134 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2136 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2140 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2141 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2142 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2143 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2145 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2146 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2150 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2152 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2153 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2155 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2156 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2158 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2166 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2167 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2170 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2173 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2175 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2177 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2178 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2179 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2184 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2185 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2186 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2189 /* xgettext:c-format */
2190 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2191 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2195 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2196 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2197 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2198 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2200 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2201 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2202 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2203 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2204 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2206 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2207 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2208 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2212 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2213 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2214 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2216 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2217 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2219 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2220 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2223 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2224 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2226 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2228 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2229 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2234 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2238 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2239 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2244 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2245 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2249 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2250 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2253 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2256 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2258 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2261 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2262 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2263 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2268 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2269 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2270 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2273 /* xgettext:c-format */
2274 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2275 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2279 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2280 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2281 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2282 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2284 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2285 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2286 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2289 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2291 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2293 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2294 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2297 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2300 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2302 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2303 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2304 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2308 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2309 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2312 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2314 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2315 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2319 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2322 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2323 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2327 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2330 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2331 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2332 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2333 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2335 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2340 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2341 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2342 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2343 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2345 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2347 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2348 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2351 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2353 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2356 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2358 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2360 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2361 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2365 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2370 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2372 asection
*target_sect
;
2373 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2374 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2375 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2378 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2379 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2382 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2383 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2386 /* xgettext:c-format */
2387 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2388 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2389 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2394 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2395 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2396 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2397 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2398 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2399 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2400 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2402 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2403 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2404 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2405 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2411 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2413 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2414 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2425 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2428 /* Get the symbol table. */
2429 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2430 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2431 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2434 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2435 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2436 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2437 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2438 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2439 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2440 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2441 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2442 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2443 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2444 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2445 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2446 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2447 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2448 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2449 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2451 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2456 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2459 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2460 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2463 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2464 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2465 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2467 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2469 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2470 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2474 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2477 /* xgettext:c-format */
2478 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2479 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2480 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2485 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2490 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2491 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2492 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2493 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2494 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2495 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2496 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2497 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2498 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2500 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2501 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2503 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2507 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2508 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2509 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2510 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2513 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2514 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2517 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2518 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2519 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2522 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2523 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2524 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2525 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2532 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2535 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2541 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2542 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2543 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2545 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2547 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2551 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2552 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2555 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2557 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2558 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2559 for applications? */
2561 /* xgettext:c-format */
2562 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2563 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2566 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2567 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2572 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2573 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2574 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2576 /* xgettext:c-format */
2577 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2578 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2579 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2581 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2582 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2583 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2584 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2585 be rejected with an error message. */
2587 /* xgettext:c-format */
2588 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2589 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2592 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2593 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2598 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2600 /* xgettext:c-format */
2601 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2602 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2610 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2611 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2612 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2614 free (sections_being_created
);
2615 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2616 sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2621 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2624 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2626 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2628 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2630 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2633 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2634 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2636 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2637 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2638 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2641 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2643 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2646 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2649 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2652 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2656 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2658 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2660 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2663 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2676 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2680 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2681 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2682 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2691 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2694 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2698 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2701 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2712 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2715 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2718 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2721 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2723 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2724 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2726 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2729 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2737 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2738 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2739 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2742 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2746 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2749 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2755 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2758 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2760 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2761 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2762 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2763 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2764 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2765 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2766 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2769 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2771 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2772 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2773 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2774 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2777 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2779 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2780 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2781 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2782 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2783 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2786 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2788 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2789 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2790 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2792 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2793 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2794 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2795 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2798 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2800 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2802 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2804 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2805 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2806 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2812 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2815 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2816 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2817 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2823 len
= strlen (name
);
2825 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2828 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2830 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2832 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2835 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2836 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2838 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2840 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2842 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2843 && (suffix_len
== -2
2844 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2850 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2852 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2853 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2863 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2864 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2867 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2868 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2870 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2871 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2874 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2875 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2878 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2879 bed
->special_sections
,
2885 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2888 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2889 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2892 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2897 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2901 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2903 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2904 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2905 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2907 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2910 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2914 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2917 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2918 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2919 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2921 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2922 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2923 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2926 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2927 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2930 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2933 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2935 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2936 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2937 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2938 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2940 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2941 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2942 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2943 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2944 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2945 of combined data+bss.
2947 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2948 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2949 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2950 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2951 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2956 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2957 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2959 const char *type_name
)
2966 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2968 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2969 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2970 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2972 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2974 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2975 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2976 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2979 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2980 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2981 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2983 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2984 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2985 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2986 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2987 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2988 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2989 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2991 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2992 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2993 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2995 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2997 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3000 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3002 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3006 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3010 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3011 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3012 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3015 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3016 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3017 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3019 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3020 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3021 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3022 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3023 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3024 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3025 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3026 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3027 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3029 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3030 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3031 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3033 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3034 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3041 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3043 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3044 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3045 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3051 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3053 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3055 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3058 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3061 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3063 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3064 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3068 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3071 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3074 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3076 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3082 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3085 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3087 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3092 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3095 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3098 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3099 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3100 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3104 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3108 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3110 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3112 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3113 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3116 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3120 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3122 const char *sec_name
,
3123 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3125 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3126 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3130 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3132 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3134 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3140 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3141 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3142 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3146 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3147 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3148 const char *sec_name
,
3149 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3150 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3152 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3153 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3155 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3156 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3157 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3159 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3160 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3161 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3164 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3165 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3166 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3167 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3168 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3169 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3170 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3171 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3172 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3177 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3180 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3182 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3183 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3185 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3188 struct fake_section_arg
3190 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3194 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3197 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3199 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3200 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3201 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3202 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3203 unsigned int sh_type
;
3204 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3205 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3210 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3215 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3219 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3220 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3221 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3225 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3227 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3228 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3229 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3230 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3231 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3234 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3236 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3237 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3239 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3240 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3244 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3245 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3253 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3255 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3256 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3257 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3258 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3259 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3260 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3265 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3270 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3271 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3275 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3277 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3284 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3286 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3287 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3288 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3290 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3292 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3293 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3294 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3295 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3296 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3299 /* xgettext:c-format */
3300 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3301 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3305 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3306 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3307 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3308 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3309 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3310 copy_private_section_data. */
3312 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3313 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3315 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3317 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3318 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3320 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3322 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3323 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3324 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3325 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3326 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3328 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3329 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3330 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3331 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3333 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3334 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3337 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3348 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3349 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3350 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3351 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3355 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3363 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3367 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3368 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3372 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3373 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3376 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3377 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3380 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3381 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3382 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3383 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3385 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3386 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3388 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3389 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3392 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3393 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3394 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3395 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3397 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3398 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3400 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3401 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3405 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3409 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3413 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3414 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3415 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3416 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3417 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3418 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3419 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3421 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3422 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3424 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3425 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3426 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3427 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3428 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3430 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3431 if (asect
->size
== 0
3432 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3434 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3436 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3439 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3440 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3441 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3445 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3446 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3448 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3449 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3450 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3451 create the other. */
3452 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3454 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3457 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3458 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3459 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3460 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3462 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3463 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3464 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3469 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3470 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3471 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3477 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3479 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3489 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3490 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3491 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3492 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3498 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3500 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3501 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3502 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3506 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3507 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3508 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3509 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3512 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3514 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3515 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3519 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3521 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3526 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3528 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3530 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3532 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3533 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3537 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3539 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3540 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3545 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3547 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3549 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3551 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3552 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3553 set until all local symbols are output. */
3555 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3556 unsigned long symndx
;
3557 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3560 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3561 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3562 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3563 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3564 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3565 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3567 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3569 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3571 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3572 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3574 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3575 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3576 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3577 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3579 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3582 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3584 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3587 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3589 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3590 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3591 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3598 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3600 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3601 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3602 start of the input section group. */
3603 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3605 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3606 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3607 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3608 directives, not that it matters. */
3615 s
= s
->output_section
;
3617 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3619 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3620 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3622 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3624 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3625 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3627 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3631 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3633 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3634 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3636 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3638 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3641 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3643 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3649 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3654 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3655 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3656 relocations apply. */
3659 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3661 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3662 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3663 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3664 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3669 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3675 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3678 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3681 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3686 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3688 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3689 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3692 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3693 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3694 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3697 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3700 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3701 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3702 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3705 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3706 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3707 in here too, while we're at it. */
3710 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3712 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3714 unsigned int section_number
;
3715 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3716 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3717 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3722 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3724 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3725 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3727 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3729 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3730 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3732 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3734 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3736 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3738 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3739 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3740 abfd
->section_count
--;
3743 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3746 /* Count relocations. */
3747 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3750 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3751 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3752 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3755 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3757 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3759 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3760 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3761 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3762 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3765 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3766 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3767 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3774 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3775 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3776 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3782 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3783 || (link_info
== NULL
3784 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3788 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3789 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3790 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3792 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3794 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3796 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3797 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3798 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3800 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3801 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3802 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3805 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3806 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3809 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3810 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3811 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3813 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3815 /* xgettext:c-format */
3816 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3817 abfd
, section_number
);
3821 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3822 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3824 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3826 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3827 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3828 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3831 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3832 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3833 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3835 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3839 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3841 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3844 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3845 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3847 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3848 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3849 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3850 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3852 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3853 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3856 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3860 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3862 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3863 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3864 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3865 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3866 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3868 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3870 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3871 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3872 the relocation entries apply. */
3873 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3875 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3876 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3877 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3879 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3881 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3882 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3883 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3886 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3887 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3889 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3892 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3893 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3895 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3896 if (discarded_section (s
))
3900 /* xgettext:c-format */
3901 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3902 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3903 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3905 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3906 size as the discarded one. */
3907 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3910 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3916 s
= s
->output_section
;
3917 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3921 /* Handle objcopy. */
3922 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3925 /* xgettext:c-format */
3926 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3927 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3928 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3929 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3932 s
= s
->output_section
;
3934 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3939 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3940 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3941 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3943 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3944 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3945 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3946 /* xgettext:c-format */
3947 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3952 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3956 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3957 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3958 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3959 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3960 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3961 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3962 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3964 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3966 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3969 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3970 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3975 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3976 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3977 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3978 field to point to this section. */
3979 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3980 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3985 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3986 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3989 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3990 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3991 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3995 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3997 /* This is a .stab section. */
3998 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
4005 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
4006 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
4007 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
4008 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4010 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4012 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4015 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4016 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4017 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4018 the version strings. */
4019 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4020 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4022 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4027 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4028 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4029 this hash table or version table is for. */
4030 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4032 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4036 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4040 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4041 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4042 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4048 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4050 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4051 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4052 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4053 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4055 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4056 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4057 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4060 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4061 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4062 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4063 the beginning of that array.
4065 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4068 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4069 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4071 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4073 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4075 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4076 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4077 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4079 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4082 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4085 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4087 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4090 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4093 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4098 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4099 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4102 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4104 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4109 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4112 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4115 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4116 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4117 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4118 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4119 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4120 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4121 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4122 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4123 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4126 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4127 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4130 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4132 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4133 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4134 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4135 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4136 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4137 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4138 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4139 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4146 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4150 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4152 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4153 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4157 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4158 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4159 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4161 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4162 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4164 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4165 decided to output. */
4166 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4168 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4170 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4172 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4173 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4175 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4177 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4178 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4180 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4184 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4185 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4187 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4189 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4193 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4194 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4195 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4196 at least in that case. */
4197 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4199 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4201 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4208 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4209 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4210 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4211 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4214 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4216 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4219 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4220 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4221 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4226 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4228 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4230 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4232 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4235 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4236 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4239 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4241 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4245 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4247 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4251 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4252 ELF data structure. */
4254 static inline file_ptr
4255 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4257 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4260 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4261 required section alignment. */
4264 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4268 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4269 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4270 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4271 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4272 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4273 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4274 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4278 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4279 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4280 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4283 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4284 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4286 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4287 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4289 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4290 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4291 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4293 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4296 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4297 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4298 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4300 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4303 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4304 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4305 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4309 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4312 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4313 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4314 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4315 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4319 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4320 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4322 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4327 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4329 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4334 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4335 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4336 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4337 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4338 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4339 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4340 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4341 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4342 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4343 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4344 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4346 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4352 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4354 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4356 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4357 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4359 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4361 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4362 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4363 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4364 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4367 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4368 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4370 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4372 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4374 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4375 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4377 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4380 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4385 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4386 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4388 static bfd_size_type
4389 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4393 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4395 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4396 and one for data. */
4399 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4400 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4402 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4403 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4404 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4409 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4411 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4415 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4417 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4421 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4423 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4427 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4429 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4433 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4434 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4435 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4437 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4441 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4443 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4444 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4446 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4447 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4449 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4450 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4451 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4452 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4453 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4454 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4455 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4456 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4457 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4458 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4463 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4465 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4467 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4473 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4475 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4476 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4478 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4479 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4480 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4481 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4483 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4486 /* xgettext:c-format */
4487 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4488 "sh_info field: %d"),
4489 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4492 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4493 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4494 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4499 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4500 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4504 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4510 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4513 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4516 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4518 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4519 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4521 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4527 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4528 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4535 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4537 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4538 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4539 asection
**sections
,
4544 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4549 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4550 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4551 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4555 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4556 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4557 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4558 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4560 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4562 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4563 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4564 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4570 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4573 struct elf_segment_map
*
4574 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4576 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4578 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4579 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4583 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4585 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4590 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4593 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4594 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4595 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4597 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4598 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4600 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4601 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4602 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4603 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4605 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4608 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4610 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4612 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4613 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4614 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4616 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4620 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4622 if (remove_empty_load
4623 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4625 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4631 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4632 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4634 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4641 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4642 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4644 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4647 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4650 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4651 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4652 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4653 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4655 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4658 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4660 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4664 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4665 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4668 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4669 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4671 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4672 bfd_boolean writable
;
4673 bfd_boolean executable
;
4674 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4675 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4676 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4677 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4679 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4680 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4681 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4683 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4685 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4686 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4687 if (sections
== NULL
)
4690 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4691 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4693 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4694 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4697 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4699 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4701 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4702 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4704 s
->target_index
= i
;
4707 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4708 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4709 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4712 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4715 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4717 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4718 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4719 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4720 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4721 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4723 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4724 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4726 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4728 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4729 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4730 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4731 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4732 been left for them. */
4733 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4735 /* Build the mapping. */
4739 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4740 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4742 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4743 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4745 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4746 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4750 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4752 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4753 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4754 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4758 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4759 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4763 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4771 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4772 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4773 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4779 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4781 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4784 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4785 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4787 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4788 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4789 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4790 program headers we will need. */
4791 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4793 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4794 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4796 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4798 && info
->separate_code
4799 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4801 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4802 thus not executable, and the first section is
4803 executable then put the file and program headers in
4804 their own PT_LOAD. */
4805 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4806 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4807 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4809 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4810 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4811 previous page if we can. */
4812 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4813 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4815 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4818 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4819 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4820 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4821 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4822 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4823 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4824 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4825 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4827 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4828 else if (separate_phdr
)
4830 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4833 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4835 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4836 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4839 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4843 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4846 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4850 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4853 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4855 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4856 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4857 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4859 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4861 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4862 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4866 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4867 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4869 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4870 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4873 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4874 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4875 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4877 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4878 pages onto the same memory page. */
4879 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4881 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4882 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4883 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4884 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4885 section can be included in the current segment. */
4886 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4887 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4888 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4889 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4891 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4892 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4895 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4896 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4898 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4899 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4900 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4901 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4904 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4906 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4907 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4908 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4909 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4911 else if (info
!= NULL
4912 && info
->separate_code
4913 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4918 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4920 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4926 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4927 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4930 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4931 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4933 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4935 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4941 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4943 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4946 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4947 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4951 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4952 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4954 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4961 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4966 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4972 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4973 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4975 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4978 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4980 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4981 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4982 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4984 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4992 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4995 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5002 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5003 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5004 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5005 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5006 in the output file. */
5007 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5009 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5010 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5013 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5016 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5018 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5019 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5020 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5021 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5028 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5029 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5030 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5034 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5038 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5039 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5042 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5043 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5047 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5053 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5054 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5058 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5061 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5062 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5063 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5068 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5069 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5071 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5073 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5075 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5078 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5081 while (i
< tls_count
)
5083 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5085 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5089 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5092 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5104 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5105 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5106 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5107 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5108 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5110 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5111 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5112 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5114 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5117 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5118 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5122 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5123 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5125 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5127 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5133 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5134 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5135 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5137 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5138 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5142 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5144 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5151 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5153 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5154 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5155 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5157 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5158 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5162 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5164 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5170 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5172 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5173 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5177 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5178 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5179 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5180 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5181 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5182 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5184 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5185 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5192 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5194 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5196 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5198 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5199 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5202 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5204 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5205 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5206 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5210 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5215 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5218 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5219 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5223 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5230 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5233 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5236 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5238 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5247 /* Sort sections by address. */
5250 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5252 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5253 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5254 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5256 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5257 place the section into a segment. */
5258 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5260 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5263 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5264 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5265 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5267 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5270 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5272 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5279 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5284 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5285 before others at the same address. */
5287 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5288 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5295 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5298 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5299 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5302 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5304 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5305 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5307 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5309 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5311 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5313 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5315 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5316 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5317 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5318 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5319 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5321 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5323 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5325 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5327 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5329 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5332 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5334 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5336 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5338 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5341 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5343 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5344 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5348 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5350 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5351 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5352 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5353 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5354 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5357 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5358 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5360 /* In other words, something like:
5362 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5363 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5364 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5365 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5367 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5369 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5372 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5374 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5375 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5377 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5381 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5384 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5389 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5390 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5391 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5392 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5393 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5394 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5396 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5397 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5401 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5402 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5403 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5409 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5414 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5416 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5419 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5424 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5425 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5429 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5430 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5432 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5433 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5434 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5435 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5436 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5437 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5438 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5439 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5441 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5442 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5444 if (link_info
== NULL
5445 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5449 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5454 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5455 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5459 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5460 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5461 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5464 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5466 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5469 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5473 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5474 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5475 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5476 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5481 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5485 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5486 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5487 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5488 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5489 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5491 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5492 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5493 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5494 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5495 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5496 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5497 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5501 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5503 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5504 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5505 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5506 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5507 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5508 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5510 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5511 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5513 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5514 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5515 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5520 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5524 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5525 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5527 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5528 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5529 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5530 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5531 position after the ELF file header. */
5532 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5533 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5535 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5536 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5538 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5544 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5545 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5547 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5550 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5551 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5553 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5554 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5555 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5556 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5557 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5558 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5560 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5561 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5564 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5566 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5568 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5569 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5570 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5573 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5575 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5576 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5578 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5579 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5580 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5581 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5582 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5583 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5584 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5586 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5587 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5589 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5591 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5592 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5593 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5594 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5596 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5598 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5600 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5603 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5605 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5608 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5609 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5611 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5615 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5617 unsigned int secalign
;
5619 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5620 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5621 align_power
= secalign
;
5623 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5624 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5625 align
= maxpagesize
;
5628 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5629 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5630 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5631 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5632 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5633 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5635 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5638 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5639 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5641 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5645 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5647 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5648 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5651 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5652 && bed
->no_page_alias
5653 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5654 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5655 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5656 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5660 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5661 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5662 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5663 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5664 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5665 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5666 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5667 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5672 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5673 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5674 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5676 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5679 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5680 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5682 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5685 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5686 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5687 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5688 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5690 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5692 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5694 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5695 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5696 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5700 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5701 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5702 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5705 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5706 " try linking with -N"),
5708 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5712 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5716 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5718 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5719 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5720 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5721 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5725 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5727 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5729 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5730 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5731 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5733 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5735 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5738 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5739 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5740 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5743 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5745 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5746 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5747 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5748 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5749 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5750 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5751 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5752 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5755 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5759 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5760 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5762 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5767 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5768 without file contents somewhere within the first
5769 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5770 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5771 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5775 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5780 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5782 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5784 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5785 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5789 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5790 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5791 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5792 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5793 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5794 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5797 bfd_size_type align
;
5798 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5801 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5802 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5804 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5805 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5806 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5807 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5808 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5809 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5811 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5812 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5813 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5814 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5818 || p_end
< p_start
))
5821 /* xgettext:c-format */
5822 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5823 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5824 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5826 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5828 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5830 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5832 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5835 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5837 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5838 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5840 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5841 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5845 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5846 as would seem proper for their address when the
5847 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5848 doesn't really have any significance for
5849 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5850 relative to other sections. Historically we
5851 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5852 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5853 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5854 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5857 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5858 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5861 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5862 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5865 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5867 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5871 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5872 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5873 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5879 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5888 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5890 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5891 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5892 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5894 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5895 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5896 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5898 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5899 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5900 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5901 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5902 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5903 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5905 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5907 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5910 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5912 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5913 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5914 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5915 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5916 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5917 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5919 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5921 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5922 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5924 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5926 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5927 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5930 if (align
> p
->p_align
5931 && !m
->p_align_valid
5932 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5933 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5937 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5940 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5942 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5949 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5950 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5951 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5952 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5953 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5954 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5956 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5957 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5958 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5959 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5960 " by LOAD segment"),
5962 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5964 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5965 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5966 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5969 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5970 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5971 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5973 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5975 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5976 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5977 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5978 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5979 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5980 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5982 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5987 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5989 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5992 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5993 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5994 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5995 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5998 /* xgettext:c-format */
5999 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
6001 print_segment_map (m
);
6007 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6009 if (link_info
!= NULL
6010 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6011 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6013 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6014 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6015 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6017 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6018 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6019 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
6020 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6022 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6023 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6024 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6025 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6028 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6030 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6031 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6032 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6034 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6035 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6036 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6044 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6045 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6049 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6050 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6053 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6054 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6062 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6063 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6064 use heuristics instead. */
6067 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6069 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6072 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6073 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6076 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6080 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6081 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6082 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6083 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6084 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6091 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6092 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6095 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6096 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6098 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6099 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6100 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6101 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6102 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6103 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6105 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6107 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6108 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6109 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6110 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6112 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6115 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6116 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6117 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6118 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6119 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6120 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6122 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6123 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6124 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6125 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6126 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6127 so do not warn about them. */
6128 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6130 /* xgettext:c-format */
6131 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6133 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6135 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6136 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6137 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6138 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6141 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6143 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6146 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6147 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6148 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6149 not been decided. */
6150 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6151 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6152 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6153 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6154 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6155 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6156 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6157 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6158 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6159 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6161 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6163 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6165 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6166 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6167 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6168 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6170 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6172 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6175 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6177 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6178 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6179 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6180 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6181 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6183 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6185 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6187 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6188 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6199 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6200 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6203 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6205 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6207 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6209 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6211 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6212 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6213 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6215 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6221 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6222 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6224 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6233 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6234 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6235 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6236 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6237 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6239 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6240 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6241 In cases where the end does not match any
6242 loaded section (for instance is in file
6243 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6244 the end of loaded section contents. */
6245 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6246 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6248 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6249 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6250 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6251 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6252 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6254 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6256 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6262 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6265 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6267 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6269 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6270 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6272 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6276 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6277 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6278 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6280 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6281 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6282 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6288 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6290 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6292 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6293 "and/or program header"),
6294 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6299 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6300 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6302 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6303 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6304 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6306 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6318 static elf_section_list
*
6319 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6321 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6327 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6328 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6329 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6331 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6332 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6333 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6334 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6335 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6336 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6337 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6338 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6340 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6343 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6344 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6346 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6347 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6351 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6352 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6354 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6355 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6360 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6361 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6363 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6364 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6365 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6366 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6371 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6372 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6373 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6375 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6376 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6377 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6378 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6379 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6380 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6381 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6382 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6383 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6385 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6388 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6391 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6392 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6396 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6397 assignment of sections to segments. */
6398 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6401 /* And for non-load sections. */
6402 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6406 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6409 /* Write out the program headers. */
6410 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6413 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6414 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6422 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6423 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6425 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6426 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6427 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6429 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6431 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6432 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6435 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6437 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6438 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6439 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6440 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6442 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6443 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6444 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6445 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6447 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6448 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6449 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6450 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6451 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6452 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6454 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6456 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6458 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6459 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6462 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6463 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6464 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6465 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6466 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6467 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6468 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6469 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6471 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6474 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6475 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6477 /* No program header, for now. */
6478 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6479 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6480 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6482 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6483 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6484 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6486 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6487 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6488 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6489 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6491 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6492 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6493 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6494 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6500 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6502 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6503 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6504 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6505 changed or the programs updated. */
6508 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6510 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6512 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6513 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6514 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6515 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6516 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6518 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6519 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6520 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6521 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6522 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6524 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6525 segments is non-zero. */
6527 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6532 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6533 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6536 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6539 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6540 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6541 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6542 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6544 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6546 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6547 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6548 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6551 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6553 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6554 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6555 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6556 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6559 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6561 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6563 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6564 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6566 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6567 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6571 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6572 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6574 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6575 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6577 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6578 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6582 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6583 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6586 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6588 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6590 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6592 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6597 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6602 /* Update section size and contents. */
6603 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6604 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6605 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6609 /* Update section size and contents. */
6610 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6611 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6614 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6621 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6623 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6624 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6625 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6626 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6628 /* Place the section headers. */
6629 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6630 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6631 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6632 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6633 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6634 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6640 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6642 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6643 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6645 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6646 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6648 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6649 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6651 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6652 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6653 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6654 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6656 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6657 already been written to the BFD. */
6658 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6660 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6664 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6667 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6671 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6674 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6675 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6676 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6678 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6679 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6680 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6681 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6682 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6684 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6686 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6688 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6689 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6694 /* Write out the section header names. */
6695 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6696 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6697 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6698 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6701 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6704 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6707 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6708 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6709 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6715 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6717 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6718 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6721 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6724 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6726 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6727 unsigned int sec_index
;
6729 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6730 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6731 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6733 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6734 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6735 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6736 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6737 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6738 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6740 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6742 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6743 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6745 int retval
= sec_index
;
6747 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6751 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6752 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6757 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6761 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6763 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6765 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6767 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6768 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6769 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6770 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6771 input sections rather than the output section. */
6772 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6773 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6774 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6779 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6780 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6781 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6782 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6783 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6784 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6785 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6788 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6792 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6793 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6795 /* xgettext:c-format */
6796 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6797 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6798 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6805 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6806 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6814 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6817 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6819 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6820 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6821 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6822 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6823 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6826 unsigned int num_segments
;
6827 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6828 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6829 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6830 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6831 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6832 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6833 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6835 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6836 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6839 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6841 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6842 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6844 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6845 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6846 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6847 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6849 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6850 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6851 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6852 ? section->size : 0)
6854 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6855 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6856 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6857 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6858 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6859 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6861 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6862 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6863 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6864 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6865 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6866 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6867 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6869 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6870 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6871 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6872 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6873 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6874 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6875 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6877 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6879 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6881 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6885 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6886 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6887 p_memsz set to 0. */
6888 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6890 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6891 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6892 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6893 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6895 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6896 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6897 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6899 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6900 A section will be included if:
6901 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6902 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6903 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6905 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6906 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6907 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6908 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6909 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6910 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6911 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6912 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6913 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6914 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6915 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6916 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6917 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6918 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6919 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6920 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6921 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6922 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6923 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6924 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6925 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6926 || (segment->p_paddr \
6927 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6928 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6929 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6930 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6932 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6933 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6934 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6935 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6936 && section->output_section != NULL)
6938 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6939 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6940 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6942 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6943 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6944 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6945 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6946 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6948 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6949 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6950 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6951 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6952 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6954 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6955 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6956 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6958 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6959 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6960 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6961 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6962 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6963 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6966 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6968 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6972 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6973 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6974 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6975 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6976 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6981 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6983 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6984 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6985 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6987 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6988 assignment code will work. */
6989 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6993 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6995 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6996 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6997 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7001 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
7002 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
7004 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
7006 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
7007 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7010 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7011 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7013 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7015 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7016 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7018 if (extra_length
> 0)
7020 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7021 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7024 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7026 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7028 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7033 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7035 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7036 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7038 if (extra_length
> 0)
7040 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7041 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7044 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7049 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7050 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7054 unsigned int section_count
;
7055 asection
**sections
;
7056 asection
*output_section
;
7058 asection
*matching_lma
;
7059 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7062 asection
*first_section
;
7064 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7067 first_section
= NULL
;
7068 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7069 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7071 section
= section
->next
)
7073 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7074 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7075 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7077 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7078 first_section
= section
;
7079 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7084 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7085 all of the sections we have selected. */
7086 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7087 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7088 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7092 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7093 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7095 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7096 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7097 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7099 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7100 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7102 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7104 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7105 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7108 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7109 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7110 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7111 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7112 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7114 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7116 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7117 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7118 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7119 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7120 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7122 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7123 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7126 if (section_count
== 0)
7128 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7129 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7130 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7131 a warning is produced.
7132 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7133 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7134 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7135 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7136 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7137 /* xgettext:c-format */
7139 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7140 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7141 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7143 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7145 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7146 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7151 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7152 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7153 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7154 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7156 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7157 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7160 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7161 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7162 of the first section.
7164 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7165 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7166 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7167 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7168 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7170 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7171 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7172 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7173 or segments to contain the other sections.
7175 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7176 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7177 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7179 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7180 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7181 if (sections
== NULL
)
7184 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7185 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7186 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7187 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7188 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7191 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7192 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7194 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7196 section
= section
->next
)
7198 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7200 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7202 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7204 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7205 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7206 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7207 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7209 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7210 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7212 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7213 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7214 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7215 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7216 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7217 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7219 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7220 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7221 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7223 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7224 LMA address of the output section. */
7225 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7227 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7228 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7229 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7231 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7232 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7233 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7235 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7236 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7238 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7240 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7241 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7243 if (j
== section_count
)
7248 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7250 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7252 if (isec
== section_count
)
7254 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7255 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7256 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7257 program header in the input BFD. */
7258 map
->count
= section_count
;
7259 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7260 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7263 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7265 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7266 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7267 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7268 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7269 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7271 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7273 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7274 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7282 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7283 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7284 section fitted, the first section. */
7285 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7286 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7288 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7290 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7291 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7292 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7294 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7296 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7297 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7298 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7299 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7300 offset when we know the correct value. */
7301 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7302 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7305 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7307 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7308 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7309 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7310 first section lma, but there may have been some
7311 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7312 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7313 the same alignment. */
7314 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7315 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7316 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7320 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7321 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7322 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7323 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7324 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7325 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7331 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7333 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7334 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7336 section
= sections
[j
];
7338 if (section
== NULL
)
7341 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7343 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7345 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7347 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7349 if (map
->count
== 0)
7351 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7352 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7354 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7355 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7356 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7357 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7358 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7360 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7361 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7368 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7370 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7371 and the start of this section is more than
7372 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7373 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7375 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7376 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7377 > output_section
->lma
))
7379 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7380 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7386 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7389 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7390 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7392 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7393 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7396 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7397 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7398 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7399 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7400 So allow a count of zero. */
7402 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7403 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7404 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7406 if (isec
< section_count
)
7408 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7409 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7410 and carry on looping. */
7411 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7412 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7413 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7420 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7421 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7422 not yet been assigned. */
7424 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7425 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7426 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7427 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7428 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7429 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7430 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7435 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7439 while (isec
< section_count
);
7444 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7446 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7447 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7448 the offset if necessary. */
7449 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7453 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7456 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7457 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7458 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7460 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7461 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7464 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7465 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7472 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7473 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7475 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7476 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7477 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7478 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7479 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7480 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7484 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7487 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7489 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7490 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7491 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7492 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7493 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7495 unsigned int num_segments
;
7496 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7497 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7498 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7500 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7503 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7505 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7506 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7507 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7508 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7509 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7512 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7514 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7518 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7523 unsigned int section_count
;
7525 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7526 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7527 asection
*lowest_section
;
7529 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7530 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7532 section
= section
->next
)
7534 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7535 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7537 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7538 first_section
= section
;
7543 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7544 all of the sections we have selected. */
7545 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7546 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7547 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7551 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7554 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7555 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7556 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7557 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7558 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7559 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7560 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7561 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7563 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7564 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7566 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7567 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7568 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7569 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7570 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7572 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7573 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7576 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7577 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7578 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7579 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7581 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7582 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7584 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7585 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7586 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7587 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7588 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7590 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7591 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7594 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7595 if (section_count
!= 0)
7597 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7599 for (section
= first_section
;
7601 section
= section
->next
)
7603 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7604 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7606 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7607 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7611 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7612 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7613 lowest_section
= section
;
7615 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7616 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7617 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7618 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7620 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7621 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7623 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7624 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7625 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7627 if (isec
== section_count
)
7633 if (section_count
== 0)
7634 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7635 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7637 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7638 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7639 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7640 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7641 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7642 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7644 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7645 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7648 map
->count
= section_count
;
7649 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7650 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7653 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7657 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7661 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7663 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7664 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7667 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7670 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7672 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7673 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7674 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7675 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7676 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7677 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7678 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7680 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7682 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7683 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7686 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7687 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7688 section
= section
->next
)
7689 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7691 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7692 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7696 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7697 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7698 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7699 map in this case. */
7700 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7701 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7702 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7705 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7706 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7708 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7709 from the input BFD. */
7710 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7712 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7714 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7715 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7716 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7718 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7719 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7721 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7722 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7723 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7724 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7725 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7726 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7732 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7734 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7735 section
= section
->next
)
7737 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7740 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7743 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7747 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7749 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7750 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7751 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7753 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7754 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7756 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7759 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7760 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7762 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7763 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7764 /* xgettext:c-format */
7765 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7766 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7767 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7769 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7772 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7773 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7776 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7779 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7782 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7786 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7789 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7790 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7791 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7793 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7794 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7797 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7799 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7800 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7801 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7802 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7803 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7804 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7805 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7806 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7807 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7808 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7809 are different the user may be doing something like
7810 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7811 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7812 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7813 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7815 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7816 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7817 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7819 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7820 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7821 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7823 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7824 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7825 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7826 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7827 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7829 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7830 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7831 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7832 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7833 if ((link_info
== NULL
7834 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7835 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7836 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7838 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7839 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7840 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7841 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7844 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7845 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7846 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7849 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7851 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7852 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7853 may be NULL at this point. */
7854 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7856 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7857 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7858 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7861 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7866 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7867 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7870 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7875 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7877 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7878 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7881 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7882 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7884 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7886 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7887 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7888 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7889 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7890 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7892 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7896 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7897 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7898 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7899 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7900 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7904 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7908 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7909 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7911 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7912 asection
*s
= first
;
7913 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7917 /* If this member section is being output but the
7918 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7919 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7920 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7921 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7923 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7924 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7928 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7929 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7930 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7932 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7933 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7936 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7937 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7939 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7940 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7945 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7947 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7948 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7950 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7951 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7955 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7961 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7963 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7964 adjust the input section size. */
7965 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7966 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7967 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7968 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7971 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7976 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7978 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7979 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7981 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7982 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7991 /* Copy private header information. */
7994 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7996 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7997 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8000 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
8001 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
8002 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
8003 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
8004 already been worked out. */
8005 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
8007 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8011 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8014 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8015 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8016 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8017 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8018 swap_out_syms function. */
8020 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8021 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8022 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8023 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8024 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8027 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8032 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8034 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8035 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8038 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
8039 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
8042 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8044 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8048 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8049 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8050 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8051 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8052 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8053 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8055 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8056 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8057 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8058 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8059 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8065 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8068 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8069 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8072 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8073 unsigned int symcount
;
8075 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8076 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8079 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8080 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8081 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8082 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8083 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8085 unsigned int num_locals
;
8087 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8089 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8092 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8093 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8097 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8098 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8099 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8100 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8101 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8102 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8103 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8104 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8106 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8107 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8109 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8110 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8111 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8113 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8114 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8118 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8119 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8122 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8125 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8128 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8129 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8131 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8132 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8134 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8136 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8137 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8139 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8140 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8142 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8143 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8146 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8147 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8148 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8149 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8150 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8152 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8155 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8157 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8158 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8164 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8165 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8166 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8167 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8168 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8169 outbound_syms_index
++;
8170 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8171 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8175 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8176 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8178 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8179 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8181 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8182 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8183 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8184 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8187 if (!name_local_sections
8188 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8190 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8191 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8195 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8196 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8198 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8200 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8204 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8206 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8207 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8209 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8210 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8211 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8212 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8213 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8214 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8215 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8217 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8218 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8219 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8223 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8226 if (sec
->output_section
)
8228 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8229 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8232 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8233 if (! relocatable_p
)
8235 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8236 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8238 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8240 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8242 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8243 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8244 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8245 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8249 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8252 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8255 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8258 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8261 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8262 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8269 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8271 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8272 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8273 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8277 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8278 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8279 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8288 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8290 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8294 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8295 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8296 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8297 demand of applications. For example, it
8298 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8299 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8300 actually in the output file. */
8301 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8303 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8304 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8306 /* xgettext:c-format */
8308 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8309 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8310 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8312 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8318 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8321 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8323 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8324 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8325 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8327 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8329 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8331 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8336 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8339 /* Processor-specific types. */
8340 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8341 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8342 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8343 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8345 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8347 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8348 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8350 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8352 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8354 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8356 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8357 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8358 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8360 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8361 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8363 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8365 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8366 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8370 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8371 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8374 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8376 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8378 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8379 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8380 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8382 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8385 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8388 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8390 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8391 sym
.st_target_internal
8392 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8397 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8401 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8402 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8403 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8405 outbound_syms_index
++;
8406 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8407 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8410 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8411 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8413 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8414 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8416 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8417 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8418 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8420 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8421 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8422 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8424 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8425 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8427 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8428 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8433 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8434 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8435 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8436 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8437 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8438 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8439 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8440 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8445 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8447 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8448 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8449 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8452 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8454 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8458 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8459 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8461 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8464 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8466 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8472 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8474 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8478 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8480 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8484 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8485 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8487 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8490 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8492 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8498 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8500 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8502 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8503 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8504 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8505 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8506 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8508 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8510 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8515 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8516 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8518 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8522 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8525 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8528 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8535 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8537 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8540 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8541 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8542 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8546 return section
->reloc_count
;
8550 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8552 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8553 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8556 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8561 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8562 asymbol
**allocation
)
8564 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8565 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8568 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8572 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8573 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8574 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8575 dynamic reloc section. */
8578 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8580 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8583 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8591 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8592 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8593 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8594 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8596 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8597 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8599 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8602 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8603 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8605 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8611 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8612 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8613 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8615 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8619 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8622 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8623 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8624 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8625 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8626 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8627 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8628 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8631 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8635 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8639 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8641 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8645 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8647 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8649 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8650 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8651 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8656 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8658 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8660 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8671 /* Read in the version information. */
8674 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8676 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8677 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8680 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8682 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8683 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8684 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8686 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8688 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8690 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8691 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8693 error_return_bad_verref
:
8695 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8697 error_return_verref
:
8698 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8699 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8703 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8704 goto error_return_verref
;
8705 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8706 if (contents
== NULL
)
8707 goto error_return_verref
;
8709 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8712 goto error_return_verref
;
8714 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8715 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8716 goto error_return_verref
;
8718 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8719 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8720 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8721 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8722 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8723 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8725 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8726 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8729 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8731 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8733 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8734 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8736 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8737 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8739 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8740 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8743 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8744 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8746 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8747 goto error_return_verref
;
8749 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8750 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8751 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8752 goto error_return_verref
;
8755 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8756 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8757 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8759 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8760 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8761 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8762 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8764 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8766 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8767 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8768 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8769 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8770 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8772 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8773 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8775 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8776 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8778 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8781 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8782 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8784 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8785 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8786 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8788 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8789 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8792 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8793 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8795 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8796 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8798 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8799 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8800 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8802 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8803 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8811 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8813 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8814 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8815 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8816 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8817 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8819 unsigned int maxidx
;
8820 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8822 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8824 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8826 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8828 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8829 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8830 error_return_verdef
:
8831 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8832 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8836 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8837 goto error_return_verdef
;
8838 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8839 if (contents
== NULL
)
8840 goto error_return_verdef
;
8842 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8843 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8844 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8845 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8846 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8847 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8849 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8850 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8852 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8854 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8856 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8858 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8859 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8860 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8861 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8863 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8866 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8867 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8868 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8870 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8871 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8874 if (default_imported_symver
)
8876 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8881 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8884 goto error_return_verdef
;
8886 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8887 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8888 goto error_return_verdef
;
8890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8892 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8893 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8894 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8896 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8897 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8900 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8902 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8903 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8905 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8906 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8908 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8910 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8911 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8914 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8915 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8917 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8918 goto error_return_verdef
;
8920 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8921 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8922 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8923 goto error_return_verdef
;
8927 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8928 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8930 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8931 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8932 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8933 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8935 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8937 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8939 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8940 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8941 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8943 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8944 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8946 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8949 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8950 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8952 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8953 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8954 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8956 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8957 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8960 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8961 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8962 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8964 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8965 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8967 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8968 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8970 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8971 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8977 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8984 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8986 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8989 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8990 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8993 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8996 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8997 if (default_imported_symver
)
8999 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
9000 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9002 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
9004 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
9005 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
9006 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
9007 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
9009 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9011 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9012 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9013 goto error_return_verdef
;
9014 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9015 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9016 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9017 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9018 goto error_return_verdef
;
9020 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9021 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9032 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9034 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9036 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9039 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9040 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9044 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9048 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9051 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9052 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9056 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9059 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9060 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9063 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9064 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9065 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9068 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9069 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9070 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9072 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9073 we treat such symbols as local. */
9074 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9077 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9078 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9079 These labels have the form:
9081 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9083 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9085 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9086 so we only need to match the rest. */
9087 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9089 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9093 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9095 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9097 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9098 /* A fake symbol. */
9101 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9102 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9103 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9104 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9105 other than some kind of local ? */
9122 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9123 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9130 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9131 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9132 unsigned long machine
)
9134 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9135 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9136 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9137 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9138 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9141 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9144 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9145 for error reporting. */
9148 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9152 const char **filename_ptr
,
9153 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9154 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9155 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9159 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9160 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9161 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9162 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9163 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9166 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9167 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9169 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9170 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9171 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9176 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9177 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9178 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9179 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9181 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9184 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9187 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9188 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9195 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9198 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9199 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9201 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9202 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9203 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9204 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9207 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9208 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9209 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9210 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9211 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9214 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9215 const char **filename_ptr
,
9216 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9217 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9220 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9221 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9222 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9227 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9229 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9230 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9232 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9234 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9236 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9238 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9241 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9242 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9245 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9248 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9256 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9258 const void *location
,
9260 bfd_size_type count
)
9262 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9265 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9266 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9272 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9273 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9275 unsigned char *contents
;
9277 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9278 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9282 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9285 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9291 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9294 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9301 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9302 if (contents
== NULL
)
9305 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9312 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9316 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9317 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9318 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9325 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9326 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9327 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9333 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9336 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9338 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9340 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9342 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9343 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9345 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9346 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9348 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9350 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9353 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9356 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9359 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9362 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9365 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9368 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9374 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9376 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9378 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9379 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9381 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9386 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9392 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9395 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9398 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9401 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9404 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9410 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9414 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9422 /* xgettext:c-format */
9423 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9424 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9430 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9432 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9434 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9435 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9437 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9438 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9439 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9442 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9445 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9446 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9447 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9450 bfd_reloc_status_type
9451 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9452 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9453 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9454 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9455 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9457 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9460 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9461 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9462 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9463 out details about the corefile. */
9465 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9466 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9467 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9468 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9471 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9472 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9475 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9479 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9481 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9486 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9487 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9488 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9492 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9496 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9499 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9503 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9504 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9505 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9509 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9510 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9511 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9512 such a section already exists.
9513 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9514 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9515 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9517 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9523 char *threaded_name
;
9527 /* Build the section name. */
9529 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9530 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9531 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9532 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9534 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9536 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9541 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9542 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9544 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9548 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9551 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9557 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9558 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9559 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9564 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9566 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9570 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9573 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9578 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9582 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9583 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9584 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9586 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9587 has already been set by another thread. */
9588 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9589 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9590 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9591 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9593 /* pr_who exists on:
9596 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9599 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9600 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9602 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9605 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9606 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9608 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9609 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9611 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9612 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9613 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9615 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9616 has already been set by another thread. */
9617 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9618 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9619 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9620 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9622 /* pr_who exists on:
9625 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9628 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9634 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9637 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9638 note size (ie. data object type). */
9642 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9643 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9644 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9646 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9648 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9650 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9652 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9654 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9655 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9658 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9659 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9660 data structure apart. */
9663 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9665 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9668 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9669 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9673 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9675 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9678 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9679 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9680 contents literally. */
9683 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9685 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9689 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9691 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9695 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9697 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9701 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9703 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9707 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9709 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9713 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9715 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9719 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9721 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9725 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9727 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9731 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9733 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9737 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9739 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9743 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9745 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9749 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9751 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9755 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9757 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9761 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9763 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9767 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9769 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9773 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9775 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9779 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9781 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9785 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9787 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9791 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9793 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9797 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9799 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9803 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9805 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9809 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9811 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9815 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9817 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9821 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9823 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9827 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9829 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9833 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9835 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9839 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9841 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9845 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9847 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9851 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9853 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9857 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9859 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9863 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9865 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9869 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9871 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9875 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9877 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9881 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9883 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9887 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9889 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9893 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9895 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9898 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9899 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9900 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9901 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9905 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9906 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9907 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9908 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9912 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9913 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9914 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9917 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9920 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9928 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9932 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9938 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9940 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9942 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9944 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9946 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9948 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9949 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9951 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9952 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9953 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9955 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9956 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9957 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9959 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9960 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9962 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9963 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9965 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9967 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9970 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9971 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9972 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9974 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9975 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9976 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9982 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9983 note size (ie. data object type). */
9987 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9988 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9989 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9992 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9993 int n
= strlen (command
);
9995 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9996 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
10001 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
10003 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10005 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10007 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
10008 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
10009 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10015 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10019 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10020 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10022 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10025 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10027 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10030 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10031 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10032 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10036 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10038 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10040 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10042 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10048 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10049 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10050 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10055 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10057 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10058 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10060 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10061 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10063 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10065 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10066 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10067 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10070 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10072 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10076 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10077 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10078 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10079 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10082 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10083 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10084 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10087 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10089 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10092 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10094 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10095 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10096 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10099 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10101 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10105 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10106 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10107 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10108 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10111 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10112 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10113 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10116 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10118 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10120 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10123 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10130 int is_active_thread
;
10133 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
10136 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10139 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10143 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
10144 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10145 /* process_info.pid */
10146 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10147 /* process_info.signal */
10148 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10151 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10152 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10153 /* thread_info.tid */
10154 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10156 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10157 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10161 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10163 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10167 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10169 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10170 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10171 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10173 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10174 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10176 if (is_active_thread
)
10177 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10181 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10182 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10183 /* module_info.base_address */
10184 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10185 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10187 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10188 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10192 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10194 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10199 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10200 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10201 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10212 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10214 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10216 switch (note
->type
)
10222 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10223 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10225 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10226 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10231 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10233 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10236 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10238 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10241 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10242 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10244 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10245 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10247 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10248 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10249 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10250 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10254 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10255 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10256 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10257 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10262 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10263 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10264 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10269 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10270 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10271 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10276 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10277 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10278 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10283 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10284 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10285 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10290 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10291 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10292 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10297 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10298 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10299 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10304 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10305 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10306 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10310 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10311 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10312 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10313 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10317 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10318 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10319 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10320 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10324 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10325 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10326 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10327 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10331 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10332 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10333 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10334 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10338 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10339 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10340 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10341 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10345 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10346 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10347 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10348 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10352 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10353 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10354 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10355 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10359 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10360 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10361 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10362 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10366 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10367 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10368 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10369 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10373 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10374 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10375 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10376 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10380 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10381 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10382 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10383 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10387 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10388 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10389 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10390 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10395 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10396 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10397 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10401 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10402 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10403 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10404 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10408 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10409 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10410 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10411 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10415 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10416 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10417 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10418 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10423 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10424 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10425 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10429 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10430 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10431 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10432 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10436 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10437 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10438 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10439 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10443 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10444 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10445 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10446 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10450 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10451 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10452 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10453 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10458 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10459 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10460 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10465 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10466 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10467 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10472 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10473 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10474 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10478 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10479 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10480 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10481 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10485 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10486 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10487 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10488 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10493 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10494 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10495 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10499 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10500 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10501 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10502 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10508 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10509 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10511 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10512 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10518 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10521 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10525 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10532 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10534 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10536 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10539 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10540 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10543 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10544 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10545 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10551 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10553 switch (note
->type
)
10558 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10559 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10561 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10562 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10567 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10569 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10570 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10571 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10573 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10574 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10575 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10583 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10585 switch (note
->type
)
10588 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10596 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10600 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10603 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10608 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10616 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10617 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10622 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10623 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10627 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10631 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10633 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10636 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10637 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10638 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10641 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10644 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10645 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10648 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10649 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10655 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10661 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10662 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10663 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10667 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10671 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10672 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10679 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10682 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10683 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10686 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10687 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10688 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10690 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10695 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10699 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10702 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10703 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10704 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10705 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10708 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10709 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10710 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10713 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10714 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10717 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10718 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10721 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10722 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10723 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10727 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10729 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10731 switch (note
->type
)
10734 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10735 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10737 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10740 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10743 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10745 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10746 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10747 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10751 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10752 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10755 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10756 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10759 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10760 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10763 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10764 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10766 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10767 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10768 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10772 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10773 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10777 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10785 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10789 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10792 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10799 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10801 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10804 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10806 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10808 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10810 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10812 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10813 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10814 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10816 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10821 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10825 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10826 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10828 switch (note
->type
)
10830 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10831 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10832 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10833 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10834 creates a core file. */
10835 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10836 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10837 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10838 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10839 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10841 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10842 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10843 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10844 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10851 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10852 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10853 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10856 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10860 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10862 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10863 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10865 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10866 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10867 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10868 switch (note
->type
)
10870 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10871 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10873 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10874 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10880 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10881 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10882 structure which lacks GBR. */
10885 switch (note
->type
)
10887 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10888 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10890 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10891 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10897 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10898 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10901 switch (note
->type
)
10903 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10904 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10906 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10907 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10917 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10919 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10922 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10923 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10924 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10926 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10927 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10928 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10930 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10931 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10932 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10938 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10940 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10941 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10943 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10944 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10946 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10947 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10949 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10950 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10952 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10953 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10955 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10957 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10962 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10963 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10964 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10973 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10975 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10982 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10985 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10986 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10988 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10989 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10991 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10992 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10994 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10995 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10997 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10998 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11001 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11002 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11003 thread just in case. */
11004 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11005 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11007 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11008 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11010 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11013 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11015 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11019 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11020 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11021 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11023 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11027 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11028 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11036 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11037 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11039 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11042 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11044 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11048 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11049 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11050 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11052 /* This is the current thread. */
11053 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11054 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11059 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11060 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11061 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11062 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11065 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11067 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11068 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11070 static long tid
= 1;
11072 switch (note
->type
)
11074 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11075 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11076 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11077 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11078 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11079 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11080 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11081 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11088 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11094 /* Use note name as section name. */
11095 len
= note
->namesz
;
11096 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11099 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11100 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11102 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11106 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11107 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11108 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11113 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11116 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11120 size of data for note
11122 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11123 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11124 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11125 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11128 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11131 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11139 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11146 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11148 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11150 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11153 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11154 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11155 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11156 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11158 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11162 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11170 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11180 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11181 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11182 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11183 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11184 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11185 be NULL terminated.
11186 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11187 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11188 the finer control available with later versions.
11189 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11190 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11191 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11192 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11193 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11194 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11195 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11198 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11202 const char *psargs
)
11204 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11206 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11209 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11210 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11215 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11216 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11217 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11219 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11221 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11224 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11227 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11228 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11229 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11230 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11231 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11236 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11238 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11241 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11244 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11245 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11246 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11247 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11248 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11250 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11255 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11256 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11260 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11261 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11262 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11264 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11266 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11268 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11270 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11274 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11276 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11277 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11278 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11283 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11284 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11285 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11287 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11289 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11291 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11292 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11293 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11297 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11299 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11300 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11301 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11306 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11313 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11315 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11318 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11320 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11325 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11326 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11327 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11329 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11331 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11332 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11333 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11334 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11335 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11336 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11343 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11344 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11345 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11346 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11347 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11348 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11350 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11356 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11358 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11365 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11366 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11368 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11369 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11370 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11371 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11372 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11373 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11374 #if !defined(gregs)
11375 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11376 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11378 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11379 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11382 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11383 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11385 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11387 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11389 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11393 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11394 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11396 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11397 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11400 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11404 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11405 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11406 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11407 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11415 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11416 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11417 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11418 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11422 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11425 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11428 const void *fpregs
,
11431 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11432 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11433 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11437 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11440 const void *xfpregs
,
11443 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11444 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11445 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11449 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11450 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11453 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11454 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11456 note_name
= "LINUX";
11457 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11458 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11462 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11465 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11468 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11469 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11470 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11474 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11477 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11480 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11481 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11482 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11486 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11489 const void *ppc_tar
,
11492 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11493 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11494 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11498 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11501 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11504 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11505 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11506 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11510 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11513 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11516 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11517 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11518 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11522 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11525 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11528 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11529 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11530 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11534 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11537 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11540 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11541 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11542 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11546 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11549 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11552 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11553 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11554 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11558 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11561 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11564 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11565 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11566 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11570 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11573 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11576 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11577 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11578 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11582 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11585 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11588 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11589 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11590 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11594 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11597 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11600 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11601 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11602 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11606 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11609 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11612 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11613 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11614 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11618 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11621 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11624 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11625 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11626 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11630 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11633 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11636 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11637 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11638 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11642 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11645 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11648 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11649 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11650 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11651 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11655 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11658 const void *s390_timer
,
11661 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11662 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11663 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11667 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11670 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11673 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11674 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11675 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11679 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11682 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11685 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11686 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11687 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11691 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11694 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11697 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11698 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11699 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11703 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11706 const void *s390_prefix
,
11709 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11710 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11711 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11715 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11718 const void *s390_last_break
,
11721 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11722 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11723 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11724 s390_last_break
, size
);
11728 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11731 const void *s390_system_call
,
11734 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11735 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11736 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11737 s390_system_call
, size
);
11741 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11744 const void *s390_tdb
,
11747 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11748 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11749 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11753 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11756 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11759 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11760 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11761 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11765 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11768 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11771 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11772 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11773 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11774 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11778 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11781 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11784 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11785 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11786 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11791 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11794 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11797 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11798 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11799 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11804 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11807 const void *arm_vfp
,
11810 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11811 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11812 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11816 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11819 const void *aarch_tls
,
11822 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11823 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11824 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11828 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11831 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11834 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11835 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11836 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11840 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11843 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11846 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11847 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11848 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11852 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11855 const void *aarch_sve
,
11858 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11859 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11860 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11864 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11867 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11870 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11871 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11872 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11876 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
11879 const void *arc_v2
,
11882 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11883 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11884 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
11888 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11891 const char *section
,
11895 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11896 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11897 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11898 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11899 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11900 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11901 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11902 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11903 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11904 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11905 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11906 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11907 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11908 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11909 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11910 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11911 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11912 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11913 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11914 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11915 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11916 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11917 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11918 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11919 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11920 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11921 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11922 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11923 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11924 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11925 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11926 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11927 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11928 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11929 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11930 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11931 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11932 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11933 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11934 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11935 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11936 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11937 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11938 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11939 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11940 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11941 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11942 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11943 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11944 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11945 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11946 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11947 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11948 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11949 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11950 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11951 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11952 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11953 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11954 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11955 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11956 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11957 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11958 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11959 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11960 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11961 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11962 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11963 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11964 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11965 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11966 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11967 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11968 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11969 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
11970 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11975 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11980 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11981 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11982 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11983 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11986 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11990 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11992 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11993 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11995 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11998 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12000 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12001 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12002 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12005 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12006 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12007 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12009 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12010 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12013 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12020 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12023 const char * string
;
12025 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12029 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12030 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12031 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12032 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12033 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12034 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12035 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
12037 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12040 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12042 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12043 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12044 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12046 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12055 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12057 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12060 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12061 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12063 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12069 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12076 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12081 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12084 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12087 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12091 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12092 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12095 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12105 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12107 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12108 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12109 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12112 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12114 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12120 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12123 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12124 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12125 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12126 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12128 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12129 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12132 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12136 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12142 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12143 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12144 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12145 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12150 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12151 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12152 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12153 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12155 return reloc_class_normal
;
12158 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12159 relocation against a local symbol. */
12162 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12163 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12165 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12167 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12168 bfd_vma relocation
;
12170 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12171 + sec
->output_offset
12173 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12174 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12175 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12178 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12179 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12180 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12183 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12184 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12185 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12186 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12187 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12188 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12189 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12192 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12193 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12199 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12200 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12204 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12206 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12207 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12209 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12210 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12211 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12214 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12215 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12216 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12217 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12221 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12222 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12226 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12228 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12229 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12231 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12232 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12235 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12237 /* Reverse the offset. */
12238 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12239 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12241 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12242 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12243 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12244 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12250 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12251 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12252 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12253 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12254 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12255 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12257 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12258 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12259 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12260 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12261 the remote memory. */
12264 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12267 bfd_size_type size
,
12268 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12269 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12271 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12272 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12276 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12277 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12278 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12283 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12286 const char *relplt_name
;
12287 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12291 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12297 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12300 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12303 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12306 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12307 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12308 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12309 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12310 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12313 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12314 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12315 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12318 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12322 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12323 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12326 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12327 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12328 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12329 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12331 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12332 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12335 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12337 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12342 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12346 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12347 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12349 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12354 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12355 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12358 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12359 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12360 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12361 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12362 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12363 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12365 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12368 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12369 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12371 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12375 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12376 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12377 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12378 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12381 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12384 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12385 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12392 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12393 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12394 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12395 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12396 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12397 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12398 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12399 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12402 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12404 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12406 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12408 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12409 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12411 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12412 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12413 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12414 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12416 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12417 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12418 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12419 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12421 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12422 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12423 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12424 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12425 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12426 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12427 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12435 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12436 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12437 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12440 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12442 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12443 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12446 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12447 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12448 otherwise return zero. */
12451 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12454 bfd_size_type size
;
12456 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12457 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12458 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12461 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12463 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12464 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12470 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12471 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12473 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12474 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12475 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12477 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12480 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12481 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12483 unsigned int shindex
)
12485 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12486 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12489 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12490 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12492 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12493 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12496 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12499 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12501 asymbol
** symbols
)
12503 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12505 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12506 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12508 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12509 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12510 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12513 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12515 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12516 associated with SEC. */
12517 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12519 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12521 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12522 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12524 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12525 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12526 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12527 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12529 unsigned int entsize
;
12530 unsigned int symcount
;
12531 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12534 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12537 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12538 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12539 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12541 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12543 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12544 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12550 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12551 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12553 free (native_relocs
);
12554 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12559 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12560 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12562 free (native_relocs
);
12567 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12568 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12571 free (native_relocs
);
12572 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12573 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12578 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12580 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12581 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12583 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12586 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12588 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12590 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12591 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12592 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12593 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12594 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12595 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12597 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12599 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12601 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12602 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12603 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12604 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12606 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12609 /* xgettext:c-format */
12610 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12611 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12613 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12614 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12621 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12623 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12624 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12625 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12628 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12630 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12631 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12633 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12634 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12641 free (native_relocs
);
12642 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12643 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12650 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12653 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12654 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12655 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12656 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12661 if (isection
== NULL
)
12664 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12667 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12671 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12675 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
== NULL
);
12676 elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12677 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12678 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12679 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12681 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12683 /* xgettext:c-format */
12684 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12686 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12690 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12691 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12692 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12695 /* xgettext:c-format */
12696 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12698 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12702 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12704 if (isection
== NULL
12705 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12706 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12709 /* xgettext:c-format */
12710 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12712 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12716 osection
->sh_info
=
12717 elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12719 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12720 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12721 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12727 /* Write out a secondary reloc section. */
12730 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12732 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12733 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12735 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12736 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12741 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12742 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12743 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12746 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12748 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12749 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12750 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12752 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12753 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12755 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12756 associated with SEC. */
12757 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12759 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12762 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12763 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12765 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12767 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12769 arelent
* src_irel
;
12770 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12772 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12775 /* xgettext:c-format */
12776 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12783 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12784 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12787 /* xgettext:c-format */
12788 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12790 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12795 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12796 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12799 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12800 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12801 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12805 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12806 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12807 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12810 /* xgettext:c-format */
12811 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12813 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12818 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= hdr
->sh_entsize
)
12820 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12825 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12829 /* xgettext:c-format */
12830 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12831 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12837 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12839 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12844 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12846 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12850 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12854 /* xgettext:c-format */
12855 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12856 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12857 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12866 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12867 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12868 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12871 /* xgettext:c-format */
12872 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12873 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12874 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12880 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12881 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12884 /* xgettext:c-format */
12885 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
12886 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12887 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12889 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
12892 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12893 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12894 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);